-
1 ὁράω
ὁράω, [var] contr. [full] ὁρῶ even in Il.3.234, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὁρόω 5.244, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄρημι (q. v.); [dialect] Ion. [full] ὁρέω Hdt.1.80, etc., [ per.] 2sg.Aὁρῇς Herod.2.67
, al., [ per.] 3sg.ὁρῇ Hp.Carn.17
, Vid.Ac.I; inf.ὁρῆν Democr.11
, Hp.Carn.2 (but [ per.] 2sg.ὁρᾷς Archil.87
, [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾷ Semon.7.80
, cf.κατορᾷ Hdt.2.38
; [ per.] 1pl.ὁρῶμεν Id.5.40
; [ per.] 3pl. ὁρῶσι ([etym.] ἐπ-) Id.1.124; inf. ὁρᾶν ib.33, 2.64): the forms ὁρῇς, ὁρῇ, ὁρῆν (exc. when found in [dialect] Dor., as IG42(1).122.2, 15,47 (Epid., iv B. C.); [tense] impf. [ per.] 3sg. ἑώρη ib.28,70) seem to imply ὁρή-ω (cf. ὄρημι), but ὁρᾷ, ὁρῶμεν, ὁρῶσι, etc. imply ὁρᾰ-ω: [dialect] Att. [tense] impf.ἑώρων Th.1.51
, Ar.Pl. 713, Nu. 354, ([etym.] ἐ-) SIG344.110 (Teos, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ὥρα Hdt.1.11
, 3.72, [ per.] 1pl. ὡρῶμεν (v.l. ὁρῶμεν) Id.2.131,[ per.] 2pl.ὡρᾶτε Id.7.8
.β', [ per.] 3pl.ὥρων Id.4.3
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὅρα Il.16.646
, cf. ὄρημι: [tense] pf. ἑόρᾱκα, a form required by the metre in many passages, as Ar.Th. 32, 33, Av. 1573, Pl.98, 1045, Eup.181.3, Alex.272.1, Men.Epit. 166, Pk. 270, Bato 5.11, etc., whereas the metre never requires ἑώρακα; whence ἑόρακα, -άκη ought always to be restored in early [dialect] Att. writers, though ἑώρακα was used in later Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.), UPZ119.43 (ii B. C.), cf. Theognost.Can. 150 (ἑώρακε<ν> is prob. in Men.5 D.): ἑωρ- in the [tense] impf. prob. comes from ἠ- ϝορ- (with a long form of the augment, cf. ἠειδ- ([etym.] ᾐδ- ) in [tense] impf. of οἶδα, while ἑορ- in the [tense] pf. comes from ϝε-ϝορ-, v. infr.: [dialect] Ion. [tense] pf.ὁρώρηκα Herod.4.77
, al., also ὥρηκα ib.40 ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. part.ὡρακυῖα IG42(1).122.6
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ὥρακα Baillet Inscr. destombeaux des rois 1210: an [tense] aor. 1 ἐσορήσαις only f.l. in Orph.Fr.247.16:—[voice] Med. ὁράομαι, [var] contr. ὁρῶμαι even in Il.13.99 ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὅρηαι Od.14.343
(v. ὄρημι): [tense] impf. ἑωρώμην, also ὡρώμην ([etym.] προ-) Act.Ap.2.25, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾶτο Il.1.56
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.ἑώραμαι Isoc.15.110
, D.54.16 : [tense] aor. ἑωράθην only in late Prose, D.S.20.6 ; inf. , Pl.Def. 411b, Luc.Jud.Voc. 6, etc.: [tense] fut.ὁραθήσομαι Gal.UP10.12
: verb. Adj. ὁρᾱτός, ὁρᾱτέον (qq. v.).—Hom. uses [var] contr. forms, as ὁρῶ, ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾷ, ὅρα, ὁρᾶν, ὁρῶν, ὁρῶμαι, ὁρᾶται, ὁρᾶσθαι, ὁρώμενος, as well as lengthd. [dialect] Ep. ὁρόω, ὁράᾳς, ὁράασθαι, ὁρόων, [ per.] 2pl. opt.ὁρόῳτε Il.4.347
, etc. ; besides these forms from ὁρα- ([etym.] ὁρη- ) we haveII from root ὀπ- (v. ὄψ ) the only [tense] fut. in use, ὄψομαι, always in act. sense, Il.24.704, and [dialect] Att., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὄψεαι 8.471
, Od.24.511: a rare [tense] aor. 1 ἐπ-όψατο in Pi.Fr.88.6 (for ἐπιώψατο, v. ἐπιόψομαι); subj.ὄψησθε Ev.Luc.13.28
(where the v.l. ὄψεσθε may be right): [tense] pf.ὄπωπα Il.6.124
, Od.21.94, Emp.109, Hdt. 3.37,63, Hp.Art.1, Carn.17; Trag. and Com., as A.Eu.57, S.Ant.6, al., Ar.Lys. 1157, 1225, never in [dialect] Att. Prose: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg.ὀπώπει Od.21.123
,ὀπώπεε Hdt.5.92
.ζ';ὀπώπεσαν Id.7.125
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 ὤφθην S.Ant. 709, E.Hec. 970, Th.4.73, etc. ; opt. ([dialect] Ion.)ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
; part. ὀφθείς, inf. ὀφθῆναι, Id.1.9,10 (for ἐπι-οφθέντας, v. ἐπιόψομαι): [tense] fut. , E.HF 1155, And.2.10, Lys.3.34 : [tense] pf. ,ὦψαι D.18.263
, , D.24.66; cf. ὀπτέον.III from ϝιδ- are formed [tense] aor. [voice] Act. εἶδον, inf. ἰδεῖν : [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰδόμην, inf. ἰδέσθαι : [tense] pf. with [tense] pres. sense οἶδα I know, inf. εἰδέναι : verb. Adj. ἰστέος (for these tenses, v. Εἴδω). ( ὁρ- prob. from ϝορ-, as indicated by the [tense] impf. and [tense] pf. forms ; cf. βῶροι (i.e. ϝῶροι), Engl. (a)ware.)0-0Senses:I abs., see, look, freq. in Hom.; εἴς τι or εἴς τινα to or at a thing or person, Il.24.633, Od.20.373, al., E.Fr. 607 ;εἰς τὸν πράττοντα Arist.Po. 1460a14
:—[voice] Med., Od.5.439, Hes.Op. 534, Fr. 188 ; but ἔς τινα ὁρᾶν to be of so-and-so's party, Philostr.VS1.18 ; εἰς τὴν Ἀττάλου καθαίρεσιν εἶδεν aimed at.., Zos.6.12 ; forκατ' αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα Il.16.646
,Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται 24.291
, cf.καθοράω 11
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον looking over the sea, 1.350 ; ὁρᾶν πρός τι look towards,ἀκρωτήριον τὸ πρὸς Μέγαρα ὁρῶν Th.2.93
, cf. AP7.496 (Simon., cj.) ; πρὸς πλοῦν ὁρᾷ looks to sail (i.e. is ready), E.IA[1624];ὁ. ἐπὶ τὴν προδοσίαν D.S.36.3
;πρὸς σπονδάς Id.33.1
.2 have sight, opp. μὴ ὁρᾶν, to be blind, S.Aj.84 ; ὅσ' ἂν λέγωμεν, πάνθ' ὁρῶντα λέξομεν [though I am blind,] my words shall have eyes, i.e. shall be to the purpose, Id.OC74 ; ἐν σκότῳ.. οὓς μὲν οὐκ ἔδει ὀψοίαθ', i.e. should be blind, Id.OT 1274; ἀμβλύτερον ὁ., opp. ὀξύτερον βλέπειν, Pl.R. 596a ; ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁ. to be short-sighted, Id.Tht. 174e;ὁ. βραχύ τι Id.R. 488b
.3 see to, look to, i.e. take or give heed, Il.10.239 ; ὁ. εἰς γλῶσσαν.. ἀνδρός look to, pay heed to, Sol.11.7, cf. A.Supp. 104 (lyr.): freq. in imper., like βλέπε, folld. by a dependent clause,ὅρα ὅπως.. Ar.Ec. 300
, cf.Th.5.27; ὅρα εἰ.. see whether.., A.Pr. 997, Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; alsoὅρα μὴ.. S.Ph. 30
, 519, etc.; ὅρα τί ποιεῖς ib. 589 ;πῶς.. ὑπερδικεῖς, ὅρα A.Eu. 652
.4 ὁρᾷς; ὁρᾶτε; see'st thou? d'ye see? parenthetically, esp. in explanations, Ar.Nu. 355, Th. 490, etc.; , Tr. 365 ; also ὁρᾷς; at the beginning of a sentence, Id.El. 628, E.Andr.87 ; ἀλλ'—ὁρᾷς; but, do you see.. ?, Pl.Prt. 336b;ὁρᾷς οὖν.. ὅτι Id.Grg. 475e
; οὐχ ὁρᾷς; ironically, D.18.232.5 c. acc. cogn., like βλέπω 11, look so and so,δεινὸν ὁρῶν ὄσσοισι Hes.Sc. 426
;ὁρᾶν ἀλκάν Pi.O.9.111
;ἔαρ ὁρόωσα Νύχεια Theoc.13.45
; also ἡδέως ὁρᾶν look pleasant, E.IA 1122: c. acc.,κακῶς ὁρᾶν τινα Philostr.VA7.42
.II trans., see an object, behold, perceive, observe, c. acc., freq. in Hom., etc.: [tense] pf. ὄπωπα exclusively in this sense, Il.2.799, Od.21.94, etc. ; ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶν to see with or before the eyes, Il.24.392, Od.8.459, etc. ; αἰεὶ τέρμ' ὁρόων always keeping it in sight, keeping his eye on it, Il.23.323 ; φίλως χ' ὁρόῳτε καὶ εἰ δέκα πύργοι Ἀχαιῶν.. μαχοίατο, i.e. δέκα πύργους, εἰ μαχοίατο, 4.347 ; ὁ. τινά look to (for aid), D.45.64 : in signfs. 1 and 11 combined, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὁρῶν τάδε; A.Ag. 1623, cf. D.25.89.b ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, poet. for ζῆν, like βλέπειν, Il.18.61, Od.4.833, etc.; so , E.Or. 1523, Alc. 691:— in [voice] Med.,φέγγος ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Andr. 113
(eleg.); so ὁρᾶν alone,τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος Id.Supp.78
(lyr.).c folld. by a clause, οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος.. ; Il.21.108 ; ὁρᾷς ἡμᾶς, ὅσοι ἐσμέν; Pl.R. 327c ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἥμαρτες; A.Pr. 261, cf. 325, 951 ; Διὸς.. οὐχ ὁρῶ μῆτιν ὅπᾳ φύγοιμ' ἄν ib. 906 (lyr.); ἴδεσθέ μ' οἷα.. πάσχω ib.92.d c. part., καπνὸν.. ὁρῶμεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀΐσσοντα we see it rising, Od.10.99; ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προυσελούμενον seeing myself thus insulted, A.Pr. 438, cf. 70, 384, al.; ὁρῶ σε κρύπτοντα.. see you hiding.., E.Hec. 342 ; so ὁρῶ μ' ἔργον ἐξειργασμένην I see that I have done, S.Tr. 706 ; cf. infr. 4b ; rarely in reference to the subject, ὁρῶ μὲν ἐξαμαρτάνων (= ὅτι ἐξαμαρτάνω) E.Med. 350:—so in [voice] Med.,ἄνδρα διωκόμενον.. ὁρῶμαι Il.22.169
, cf. A.Pr. 896 (lyr.): also c. inf.,ἑώρων οὐκέτι οἷόν τε εἶναι.. Th.8.60
.e rarely c. gen., οὐδεὶς Σωκράτους οὐδὲν ἀσεβὲς.. οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν οὔτε λέγοντος ἤκουσεν (where the Constr. is suggested by the use of ἤκουσεν) X.Mem.1.1.11 ;μέχρι βορῆος ἀπαστράψαντος ἴδηαι Arat. 430
.2 see to,ἴδε πῶμα Od.8.443
; look out for, provide, (anap.), Theoc.15.2 ;πρόβατον εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν LXX Ge.22.8
.3 the inf. is used after an Adj.,δεινὸς ἰδεῖν Sol.13.6
;εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν A. Pers. 387
, cf. 398, Ch. 174, 176, al. (cf.Εἴδω A.1.1
a) ; ἐχθίστου.. ὁρᾶν most hateful to behold, S.Aj. 818 ;ὦ πάτερ δύσμοιρ' ὁρᾶν Id.OC 327
;ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν X.An.2.6.9
:—[voice] Med. or [voice] Pass.,αἰσχρὸς ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Cyn. 3.3
: with an Adv.,μὴ διχορρόπως ἰδεῖν A.Ag. 349
: with a Subst.,ἄνδρα τευχηστὴν ἰδεῖν Id.Th. 644
: with a Verb,πρέπουσι.. ἰδεῖν Id.Supp. 720
, cf. S.OT 792.4 [voice] Med. is used by Poets like [voice] Act., Il.13.99, A.Pers. 179, Ch. 407 (lyr.), S.Ant. 594 (lyr.), Tr. 306, Cratin.138, etc., v. supr. 11.1 b, c: but in Prose [voice] Med. occurs only in compds., as προ-ορῶμαι: for the imper. ἰδοῦ, ἰδού, v. ἰδοῦ.b no [voice] Pass. is used by Hom.; in [dialect] Att. the [voice] Pass. has the sense to be seen, A.Pr. 998,Eu. 411, etc.: c. part., ὤφθημεν ὄντες ἄθλιοι was seen in my wretchedness, E. IT 933 ; he will prove to be..,Pl.
Phdr. 239c, cf. Smp. 178e; τὰ ὁρώμενα all that is seen, things visible, like τὰ ὁρατά, Id.Prm. 130a.III metaph., of mental sight, discern, perceive, S.El. 945, etc.; so blind Oedipus says, φωνῇ γὰρ ὁρῶ, τὸ φατιζόμενον I see by sound, as the saying is, Id.OC 138 (anap.);ἂν οἴνου.. ὀσμὴν ἴδωσιν Alex.222.4
; cf. supr. 1.4,δέρκομαι 1.2
.IV abs., see visions,ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν LXX Nu.24.3
,15 :—[voice] Pass., appear in a vision, ὤφθη ἄγγελος πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ib.Jd.13.3.V interview, ἐμνήσθης μοι ἰδεῖν τὸν κεραμέα περὶ τῶν κεραμίων you told me to see the potter about the jars, PCair.Zen. 264 (iii B.C.). -
2 κτείνω
Aκτείνωμι Od.19.490
; [dialect] Aeol. [full] κτέννω Hdn.Gr.2.303 (and [tense] aor. 1 part.κτένναις Alc.33.5
), butκταίνω Id.140
acc. to Eust.1648.5 (leg. Ἀλκμᾶνι); [dialect] Ep. Iterat.κτείνεσκε Il.24.393
: [tense] fut. κτενῶ, [dialect] Ep.κτενέω Od.16.404
, - έεις Il.22.13, - έει ib. 124, al. (κτενεῖ 15.65
, 68), part. κτανέοντα only 18.309 (but in compos.κατα-κτανέουσιν 6.409
): [tense] aor. 1ἔκτεινα 19.296
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἔκτᾰνον 2.701
, etc.: [tense] pf.not found un compounded: [tense] plpf.ἀπ-εκτονήκειν Plu.Tim.16
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. κτανθήσομαι Sch.T Il.14.481: [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] aor.ἔκτᾰθεν Il.11.691
, Od.4.537,κτάθεν Q.S.1.812
;ἐκτάνθην AP14.32
, (ἀπ-) LXX 1 Ma.2.9, Ev.Marc.8.31, D.C.65.4: [tense] aor. 2 ἀπ-εκτάνην [ᾰ] Gal.14.284: [tense] pf. ἐκτάνθαι ἀπ-) Plb.7.7.4:—Hom.also uses non-thematic forms, [ per.] 3sg., 1 and [ per.] 3pl. [tense] aor.ἔκτᾰ Od.11.410
, al. ( κατ- Il.15.432),ἔκτᾰμεν Od.12.375
,ἔκτᾰν 19.276
, Il.10.526 ( ἔκτα also in S.Tr.38, E.HF 423 (lyr., with [pron. full] ᾱ)); [ per.] 1pl. subj.κτέωμεν Od.22.216
; inf. κτάμεν ( κατα-) Il.9.458, κτάμεναι [ᾰ] 5.301, al.; part. κτάς ( κατα-) 22.323, also in Trag., A. Th. 965 (lyr.), E.IT 715: [tense] aor. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, [ per.] 3sg.ἀπ-έκτᾰτο Il.15.437
; inf. κτάσθαι ib. 558 (prob. in pass. sense); part.κτάμενος 22.75
, Hes.Op. 541, Pi.Fr. 203 codd., A.Pers. 923 (lyr.), Cratin.95:—kill, slay, freq. in Poets, also in early [dialect] Att., Lex Draconis in IG12.115.20; but in Prose and Com. ἀποκτείνω prevailed; usu. of men, less freq. of slayingan animal, as Il.15.587, Od.12.375, 19.543, Ar.Av. 1063 (lyr.); Οὖτίς με κτείνει δόλῳ seeks to kill me, Od.9.408, cf. S.OC 993; ὁ κτανών the slayer, murderer, A.Eu. 422;οἱ κτανόντες Id.Ch.41
(lyr.), 144, etc.2 put to death, Th.1.132, Arist.HA 625a16, al.; esp. in legal language,εἰ.. ἐν δίκῃ ἔκτεινεν ὁ κτείνας Pl.Euthphr.4b
, cf. Prt. 322d, Lg. 871e, al., Lys.10.11.3 of things, ὥστε καὶ κτείνειν so as to be fatal, of the plague, Th.2.51 (so in [voice] Pass., εὖτ' ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ κτεινέωνται when the disease is proceeding towards a fatal termination, Aret.SD1.5);τὰ φύλλα [ἀποκύνου].. κτείνει κύνας Dsc.4.80
.4 put an end to,θέρος [νοῦσον] κτείνει Aret.SD1.16
. ([voice] Pass. in Hom. and [dialect] Ion. Prose, Il.11.668, 14.60, Od.11.413, Hdt.4.3, etc.; but Trag. almost always used θνῄσκω or καταθνῄσκω as the [voice] Pass., Com. Poets and Prose writers ἀποθνῄσκω.) (Cf. Skt. k[snull ]atás 'wounded'.) -
3 μάλα
A very, exceedingly, prefixed or subjoined to Adjectives, Verbs, and Adverbs:1 strengthening the word with which it stands,a with Adjs., in Hom. most freq., μάλα πολλά very many, Od.1.1; μ. πᾶσα, μ. πάντα, every one, all together, Il.13.741, Od.2.306, etc.; μάλ' ἀσκηθής all unhurt, 5.26; ἀβληχρὸς μ. τοῖος quite gentle, 11.135; σαρδάνιον μ. τοῖον a quite sardonic smile, 20.302;μάλα μυρίοι 15.556
, 16.121, etc.; ἐμέο πρότερος μ. actually before me, Il.10.124; later, μ. φιλόσοφοι, πλάτανος μάλ' ἀμφιλαφής, etc., Pl.Prm. 126b, Phdr. 230b, etc.: strengthd., μ. δὴ πρεσβύτης very old, X.Cyr.8.7.1;μ. γέ τινες ὀλίγοι Pl.R. 531e
.b with Advs., πάγχυ μ., μ. πάγχυ, quite utterly, Il.12.165, 14.143;πάνυ μ. Pl.Phd. 80c
; εὖ μ. right well, Od.22.190, Pl.Phd. 92d, etc.;μάλα.. εὖ Od.23.175
, cf. Pl.Tht. 156a; μάλ' αὐτίκα (v. αὐτίκα) ; μάλ' αἰεί for ever and aye, Il.13.557, 23.717; ἄχρι μ. κνέφαος until quite dark, Od.18.370; μάλ' ὧδε just in this way, 6.258; μ. διαμπερές right through, Il.20.362; μ. μόλις (v. μόλις); to express repeated action,μάλ' αὖθις A.Ag. 1345
, Ch. 654; , etc.; μ. alone,ἔα, ἔα μ. A.Ch. 870
;οἲ μ. καὶ τόδ' ἀλγῶ Id.Pers. 1045
(lyr.); q. (soἄλλος πύργος.., καὶ ἕτερος μ. ἐπὶ τούτῳ Hdt. 1.181
, cf. 7.186): freq. afterκαί, αὗταί σ' ὁδηγήσουσι καὶ μάλ' ἀσμένως A.Pr. 728
, cf. Ch. 879: with neg., μάλ' οὐ, μάλ' οὔ πως, Il.2.241, Od. 5.103;οὐ μ. Hdt.1.93
, 2.37, S.Ph. 676 (lyr.).c with Verbs,μήτ' ἄρ με μάλ' αἴνεε Il.10.249
;μ. τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ 1.218
; ἡ δὲ μάλ' ἡνιόχευεν drove carefully, Od.6.319; μ... προπέμπει in earnest, A.Th. 915 (lyr.), cf. Eu. 368 (lyr.);καὶ μ. δοκοῦντας φρονίμους εἶναι X.Cyr.6.1.36
;μ. πολιορκούμενοι Id.HG7.1.25
.2 strengthening an assertion, νῦν σε μ. χρὴ αἰχμητὴν ἔμεναι, i.e. now or never, Il.16.492; τῷ κε μάλ' ἤ κεν μεῖνε .. then doubtless he would have stayed, Od.4.733; σοὶ δὲ μάλ' ἕψομ' ἐγώ yes indeed.., Il.10.108; ἀλλὰ μάλ' ὤφελλες why plainly.., Od.4.472: freq. with another word, as ἦ μ. δή .. now in very truth, Il.5.422, etc.;ἦ δή που μ. 21.583
; freq. ἦ μ. (without δή) 3.204, etc.3 in Hom. sts. after εἰ, as εἰ μ. μιν χόλος ἵκοι if wrath come on him ever so much, Il.17.399, cf. Od.5.485, al.;καὶ εἰ μ. τις πολεμίζοι Il.9.318
; also μ. περ c. part., μ. περ μεμαώς though desiring never so much, 13.317, cf. 14.58, 17.710, al.;καὶ μ. περ 1.217
, cf. 17.571;καὶ εὐρέα περ μάλ' ἐόντα Od.18.385
.4 in [dialect] Att. freq. in answers, yes, certainly,μ. γε Pl.R. 555d
, 564e, etc.;μ. τοι X.Mem.1.2.46
;καὶ μ. Pl.Phdr. 258c
;καὶ μ. γε Id.Tht. 148c
, etc.; καὶ μ. δή ib. 177a; καὶ μ. ἐπαύσατο certainly it stopped, Id.Smp. 189a, etc.II [comp] Comp. [full] μᾶλλον [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, Hdn.Gr.2.932], [dialect] Ion. [full] μάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] only in Tyrt.12.6, cf. Choerob.in An.Ox.2.240; late [dialect] Dor. [full] μαλλότερον Pempel. ap. Stob.4.25.52:—more, rather, Il.5.231, Od.1.351, al.: mostly folld. by ἤ, but in Prose also by a gen., μ. τοῦ ξυμφέροντος more than is expedient, Antipho 5.1;μ. τοῦ δέοντος Pl.Grg. 487b
, X.Mem.4.3.8 (sts. expressed by μᾶλλον alone, Pl. Phd. 63d);οὐπώποτ' ἔργου μ. εἱλόμην λόγους E.Fr. 394
; παντὸς μ. most assuredly, Pl.Lg. 715d (v. infr. 8); in Id.Ap. 36d, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅτι μ. πρέπει οὕτως, ὡς.., ὡς is prob. = ἤ (v. ὡς): denoting a constant increase, more and more, sts. doubled,μ. μ. E.IT 1406
, Ar.Ra. 1001 (lyr.), Alex.29: in positive sense, exceedingly,κηρόθι μ. Il.9.300
, Od.15.370, al.:—Usage:1 freq. strengthened by other words,πολὺ μ. Il.9.700
, etc.;ἔτι μ. 14.97
, al.;μ. ἔτ' ἢ τὸ πάροιθεν Od.1.322
;καὶ μ. Il.8.470
;καὶ μ. ἔτι Od.18.22
;ἔτι καὶ μ. Pi.P.10.57
;ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μ. Il.23.386
, 429, Hes.Th. 428;ἐπὶ μ. Hdt.3.104
;ἔτι ἐπὶ μ. Id.1.94
;πολλῷ μ. Pl.Phd. 80e
, 1 Ep.Cor.12.22: also modified, μᾶλλόν τι somewhat more,μ. τι περιημέκτεε Hdt.1.114
, cf.50, etc.;μ. ἤδη προσδεχομένου Th.8.71
.2 sts. with a second [comp] Comp.,ῥηΐτεροι μ. Il.24.243
, cf. Hdt.1.32, A.Th. 673, Supp. 279, S.Ant. 1210, E.El. 222, Pl. Phd. 79e, Is.4.14 (s.v.l.), Arist.Top. 116b24.3 μᾶλλον δέ much more.., or rather.., to correct a statement already made,ὁ δεσπότης πέπραγεν εὐτυχέστατα, μ. δ' ὁ Πλοῦτος αὐτός Ar.Pl. 634
;πολλοί, μ. δὲ πάντες D.18.65
, cf. Pl.Smp. 173e; soἢ μ. Corn.ND20
, Simp.in Ph.25.16; οὐχὶ μ. ἤ .. not so, but rather so.., Th.2.87.6 μ. ἤ .. folld. by οὐ in comparisons, where preference implies rejection or denial, : preceded by another neg., Hdt.4.118, 5.94, 7.16. γ, etc.: by an interrog. which conveys a neg. force, τίδεῖ.. μᾶλλον, ἤ οὐ .. ; X.HG6.3.15.7 τὸ μ. καὶ ἧττον, a form of argument, a fortiori, Arist.Rh. 1397b12.8 παντὸς μ., v. πᾶς 111.4.III [comp] Sup. [full] μάλιστα most of all, above all, Hom., etc.;πᾶσι, μάλιστα δ' ἐμοί Od.21.353
; μ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα or ἔπειτα δέ .., first and above all.., next.., S.OT 647, cf. Ph. 1285; μ. μὲν.., δεύτερον δὲ .. Is.2.20; μ. μὲν.., εἰ δὲ μὴ .. Hdt.8.22, Th.1.40, Pl.R. 590d, D.20.25, etc.;τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ μ. μὲν θάνατος, εἰ δὲ μή, πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἀφελέσθαι Id.21.152
; μάλιστα μὲν.., μᾶλλον μέντοι .. Pl.Smp. 180b; μάλιστα.., εἰ μὴ δ' .. S.Ph. 617; δοκέων μιν μ. ταύτης ἂν πείθεσθαι certainly, Hdt.3.53; τί μ.; what precisely? Pl.Grg. 448d, cf. Men. 80b, Smp. 218c: c. gen. partit.,μ. πάντων Hdt.2.37
, Pl.Prt. 327a, cf. Th. 4.86; τὸ μ. πάντων the supreme reality, Plot.5.5.11; τὸ μ. εἶναι the highest degree of being, Id.6.2.7.1 strengthd., ὡς μ. certainly, A.Supp. 294, Pl.R. 460a, etc.;ὅσον μ. A.Pr. 524
;ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185
;ὡς δύναμαι μ. Pl.R. 367b
;ὡς οἷόν τε μ. Id.Grg. 510b
;εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν μ. Id.Phdr. 277a
;ὅτι μ. δύνασαι Id.Sph. 239b
;μακρῷ μ. Hdt.1.171
;πολλῷ μ. Paus.1.42.3
;παντὸς μ. D.H.3.35
, etc.2 with the Art., ἐς τὰ μ. in the highest degree, Hdt.1.20, 2.76, Th.6.104, 8.6, D.21.212: withoutἐς, φίλοι τὰ μ. Hdt.2.147
, cf.Th. 1.92, D.21.62;τά γε μ. Pl.Lg. 794d
; εἰ τὰ μ. ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς if they were ever so true, D.18.95; εἰ τὰ μ. μὴ τινές, ἀλλὰ πάντες .. if ( to put an extreme case) not some, but all.., Id.20.2;εἰ.. δοκοίη τὰ μ. Id.18.21
; ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ὁμοῖα τῷ μ. as famous as he that is most [famous], Hdt.7.118, cf. 3.8;τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁμοίως D.Ep.2.24
.b ἐν τοῖς μ. especially, as much as any, Th.8.90, Pl.Smp. 173b, etc.: with a [comp] Sup.,ἐν τοῖς μ. ὠμότατος Ael.VH14.40
;φιλτάτη καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτη ἐν τοῖς μ. Procop.Arc.4
.3 added to a [comp] Sup. (v.μάλα 11.2
, πλεῖστον) , ἔχθιστος μ., μ. φίλτατος, Il.2.220, 24.334;μ. κῃ ἐμφερέστατα Hdt.2.76
;μ. φίλτατος E.Hipp. 1421
: to a [comp] Comp. (?),μ. δὴ ὀκνηρότεροι ἐγένοντο Th.4.55
.5 with numerals, in round numbers, about, Th.3.29, 92, X.HG5.2.31, etc.; πεντήκοντα μάλιστα is 49 in Th.1.118;ἑκατοστὸς μ. 99t
h, Id.8.68; ἐς μέσον μάλιστά κῃ about the middle, Hdt. 1.191, cf. 76;ἥμισυ μ. Th.1.93
; μ. σφᾶς μεσοῦν δειπνοῦντας that they were about the middle of supper, Pl.Smp. 175c;κου μ. Hdt.7.22
;μ. πως Plb.2.41.13
. -
4 ὁδός
I of Place, way, road, Il.12.168, 16.374, IG12.878, al. ;ἱππηλασίη ὁ. Il.7.340
;λαοφόρος 15.682
;ὁ. ἁμαξιτός Pi.N.6.54
; ὁ. ἱερά, to Eleusis, Paus.1.36.3, cf. IG12.881 ;βασιλικὴ ὁ. PPetr.3p.65
(iii B.C.), PSI8.917.8 (i A. D.) ; ποταμοῦ ὁ. course, channel of a river, X.Cyr.7.5.16 ;ὁ. ἀκοντίου Antipho 3.4.5
: with expression of the direction,ὁδὸς ἐς.. Od. 22.128
;ἡ ὁ. ἡ εἰς ἄστυ Pl.Smp. 173b
;ἐπί.. Id.Phdr. 272c
; τὴν εὐθὺς Ἄργους.. ὁ. leading straight to Argos, E.Hipp. 1197 ; τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ. the way to truth, Id.Fr. 289 ; cf.νόστος 1.1
.2 with Preps., further on the way, forwards,Il.
4.382 (cf. φροῦδος) ; later, = προὔργου, profitable, useful, πρὸ ὁ. εἶναι πρός τι to be helpful towards.., Arist.Cael. 292b9, cf. Metaph. 1044a24 ;πρὸ ὁδοῦ γέγονεν Id.Pol. 1338a35
, cf. D.Prooem.34 ; by the way,Hdt.
1.41, 111 ; κατὰ τὴν ὁ. along the road, Pl.Smp. 174d, cf. infr. 111.3 ; ἐκ τῆς ὁ. on his road, Hdt.1.157 (but ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὁ. 'the man in the street', Eup.25 D.) ; ἐν ὁδῷ on a road, Hdt.1.114 ;ἐν τῇ ὁ. μέσῃ Id.3.76
(but ἐν ὁ. καθελών Lexap.D.23.53, expld. by ἐν λόχῳ καὶ ἐνέδρᾳ by Harp. s.v. ὁδός) ; ὁδοῦ πάρεργον by the way, cursorily, Cic.Att.5.21.13,7.1.5, Gal.11.607.3 ὁδός is freq. omitted,ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους Pl.Ly. 203a
; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτου, v. θάνατος ; cf. τηνάλλως.II as an Action, travelling, journeying, whether by land or water, journey, voyage, Od.2.285,8.150, etc.;τρίποδας ὁ. στείχει A.Ag.80
(anap.);τὰν νεάταν ὁ. στείχουσαν S.Ant. 807
(lyr.) ;ὁ. ἄνω κάτω μία καὶ ὡυτή Heraclit. 60
; also, expedition, foray,ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι Il.1.151
, cf. A.Th. 714 ; τριήκοντα ἡμερέων.. ὁ. a thirty days' journey, Hdt.1.104, cf. 206 ; alsoὅσον ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁδόν Id.3.5
(codd., ὁδοῦ edd.) ;ἄστρων ὁδοί E. El. 728
(lyr.): as acc. cogn. with Verb of motion, τὴν ὁ. ἣν Ἑλένην περ ἀνήγαγεν by or in which.., Il.6.292 ; οὐρανοῦ τέμνων ὁ... Ἥλιε, metaph. from a ship, E.Ph.1 (but in Prose ὁ. τέμνειν is to make a road, Th.2.100, Pl.Lg. 810e) ; similarly where ὁ. is road,μέσην ἔρχευ τὴν ὁ. Thgn.220
;ὁ. χωρεῖν Th.3.24
; ἰόντες τὴν ἱρὴν ὁ., from Delphi, Hdt.6.34.III metaph., way or manner,πολλαὶ δ' ὁ... εὐπραγίας Pi.O.8.13
;γλώσσης ἀγαθῆς ὁδός A.Eu. 989
(anap.) ; θεσπεσία ὁ. the way or course of divination, Id.Ag. 1154(lyr.);μαντικῆς ὁ. S.OT 311
;οἰωνῶν ὁδοῖς Id.OC 1314
;σῶν ὁ. βουλευμάτων E.Hec. 744
; ; λογίων ὁ. their way, intent, Ar.Eq. 1015 ;εὐτελείας ὁ. Jul.Or.6.198d
.2 a way of doing, speaking, etc.,τῆσδ' ἀφ' ὁδοῦ διζήσιος Parm.1.33
, cf. 8.18 ; τριφασίας ἄλλας ὁ. λόγων ways of telling the story, Hdt.1.95, cf. 2.20,22 ; but τριφασίας ὁ. τρέπεται turns into three forms, Id.6.119 ;ἄδικον ὁ. ἰέναι Th.3.64
; ὁ. ἥντιν' ἰών by what course of action, Ar.Pl. 506, cf. Nu.75 ; ;μία δὴ λείπεται.. ὁ. Pl.Smp. 184b
. -
5 χρόνος
χρόνος, ὁ,A time, Hom. (v. infr.), etc.: dist. fr. καιρός, D.59.35, cf. Ammon.Diff.p.79 V.; τῶν δὲ πεπραγμένων ἀποίητον οὐδ' ἂν χ. δύναιτο θέμεν τέλος P.O.2.17;μυρίος χ. Id.I.5(4).28
, S.OC 618;μακρὸς κἀναρίθμητος χ. Id.Aj. 646
;ὁ πᾶς χ. Pi.P.1.46
, cf. A.Eu. 484; πρόπας χ. ib. 898; ἐς τὸ πᾶν χρόνου ib. 670; but in Prose,τοῦ χ. τὸν πλεῖστον Th.1.30
, cf. Isoc.9.41;τὸν πρῶτον τοῦ χ. X.Lac.1.5
;τὸν δι' αἰῶνος χ. A.Ag. 554
; χρόνου πολλοῦ δέονται take a long time, X. Smp.2.4, etc.;δότε τι τῷ χ. Antipho 5.86
.b time in the abstract, ἀμερὴς χ. Timo 76;τριμερής S.E.M.10.197
, cf. Plu.2.153b; defined by Zeno Stoic.1.26, Apollod. ib.3.260.2 a definite time, period, δεκέτης, τρίμηνος, S.Ph. 715 (lyr.), Tr. 164; χ. βίου, ἥβης χ., E.Alc. 670, El.20;πολὺν ἀριθμὸν χρόνου γεγονότες Aeschin.1.49
: pl., of points or periods of time, τοῖς χ. ἀκριβῶς with chronological accuracy, Th.1.97; τοῖς χ. by the dates, Isoc.11.36; μετενεγκόντα τοὺς χ. altering the dates, D.18.225;μακρῶν καὶ πολλῶν χρόνων Pl.Lg. 798b
;τεσσαράκοντα χρόνους ἐνιαυτῶν IG5(1).728.7
([place name] Sparta), cf. 14.1747.3 ([place name] Rome); χρόνων μῆκος (dub., leg. χρόνου) Chor.35.51 p.403 F.-R.b date, term of payment due, Leg.Gort.1.10, al.c year,Ἑλληνικά 1.233
(Rhamnus, i B. C.), PLond.2.417.14 (iv A. D.), App.Anth.6.154.1 (leg. εἷς ἔτι), Ps.-Ptol.Centil.24, cf. EM 254.13.d equatorial degree, Ptol.Tetr.44, Paul.Al.A.2, al., Cat.Cod.Astr.5(1).240.3 Special phrases:a acc., χρόνον for a while, for a long or short time, Od.4.599, 6.295, Hdt.1.175, 7.223, etc.; πολὺν χρόνον for a long time, Od.11.161;δηρὸν χ. Il.14.206
;οὐκ ὀλίγον χ. 19.157
;τοῦτον τὸν χ. Hdt.1.75
; ἐς τὸν αἰὲν χ. for ever, E.Or. 207 (lyr.); οὐ πολὺς χ. ἐξ οὗ .. Pl.R. 452c;παλαιὸς ἀφ' οὗ χρόνος S.Aj. 600
(lyr.); ἦν χρόνος ἐν ᾧ .., or ὅτε .., Linusap.D.L.Prooem.4, Critias 25.1 D.;ἕνα χ.
once for all,Il.
15.511.b gen., χρόνου περιιόντος as time came round, Hdt. 4.155; so χ. ἐπιγενομένου, διεξελθόντος, προβαίνοντος, Id.1.28, 2.52, 3.53; χρόνου γενομένου after a time, D.S.20.109; ὀλίγου χρόνου in a short time, Hdt.3.134;πολλοῦ.. οὐχ ἑόρακά πω χρόνου Ar. Pl.98
; οὐ μακροῦ χ., τοῦ λοιποῦ χ., S.El. 478 (lyr.), 817;βαιοῦ κοὐχὶ μυρίου χ. Id.OC 397
;ποίου χρόνου; A.Ag. 278
; πόσου χ.; after how long? Ar.Ach.83.c dat., in process of time,Xenoph.
18, Hdt.1.80, 176, al.: freq. in Trag., as A.Ag. 126, 463, Ch. 650 (all lyr.); alsoχρόνῳ κοτέ Hdt.9.62
;τῷ χ. ποτέ Ar.Nu. 865
; χρόνῳ, χρόνοις ὕστερον, long after, Th.1.8, Lys.3.39; οὐ χρόνῳ immediately, Ps.Democr.Alch.p.49B.: also c. Art.,τῷ χ. Ar.Nu.66
, 1242.d ὁ ἄλλος χ., in [dialect] Att., of past time, D.20.16, ὁ λοιπὸς χ., of future, v. λοιπός 3; so χ. ἐφέρπων, ἐπαντέλλων, μέλλων, Pi.O.6.97, 8.28, 10(11).7; also κατὰ χ. ἱκνούμενον or κατὰ χ. < τὸν> ἱ. at a later (or the fitting) time, Ant.Lib.27.4 (cf.ἱκνέομαι 111.2
).4 with Preps.:— ἀνὰ χρόνον in course of time, after a time, Hdt.1.173, 2.151, 5.27, al.b ἀφ' οὗ χρόνου from such time as.., X.Cyr.1.2.13.c διὰ χρόνου after a time, after an interval, S.Ph. 758, Ar.Lys. 904, Pl. 1055, Th.2.94;διὰ χρόνου πολλοῦ Hdt.3.27
;διὰ π. χ. Ar.V. 1476
;διὰ μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: but χρόνος.. διὰ χρόνου προὔβαινέ μοι means one space of time after another, day after day, S.Ph. 285.e ἐν χρόνῳ, like χρόνῳ, in course of time, at length, A.Eu. 1000 (lyr.); for a long time, Pl.Phdr. 278d; ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ ib. 228a; ἐν χρόνοισι perh. formerly, [Emp.]Sphaer. 108 (leg. Κάρπιμος).f ἐντὸς χρόνου within a certain time, Hdt.8.104.g ἐπὶ χρόνον for a time, for a while, Il.2.299, Od.14.193, Hdt.1.116;πολλὸν ἐπὶ χ. Od.12.407
;χρόνον ἐπὶ μακρόν Hdt.1.81
; παυρίδιον or παῦρον ἐπὶ χ., Hes.Op. 133, 326.i μετὰ χρόνον after a time, Id.2.52, etc.; μέχρι τοῦ αὐτοῦ χ. up to the same time, Th.1.13.m ὑπὸ χρόνου by lapse of time, Th. 1.21: but ὑπὸ αὐτὸν τὸν χ. about the same time, Hdt.7.165, cf. Th.1.100 (pl.).II lifetime, age,ὁ μακρὸς ἀνθρώπων χρόνος S.Ph. 306
;χρόνῳ παλαιοί Id.OC 112
; χρόνῳ μείων ib. 374; τοσόσδε τῷ χ. so far gone in years, Pl.Ax. 365b;χρόνῳ βραδύς S.OC 875
.IV delay, οὐδ' ἐποίησαν (fort. ἐνεποίησαν)χ. οὐδένα D.19.163
; linger,Theoc.
21.25; χρόνους ἐμποιεῖν to interpose delays, D.23.93.V Gramm.,2 time or quantity of a syllable, Longin.39.4, A.D.Synt.130.4, al.: βραχὺς χ. a short syllable, ib.309.23; of the augment, ib.237.10.3 in Rhythmic and Music, time,διαιρεῖται ὁ χ. ὑπὸ τῶν ῥυθμιζομένων Aristox.Rhyth.p.79
W., etc.; ὁ πρῶτος [χ.] time-unit, ibid., Aristid. Quint.1.14, etc.; χρόνος κενός ib.18: freq. in pl.,λέξις εἰς χρόνους τεθεῖσα διαφέροντας Aristox.Rhyth.p.77
W., cf. Anon.Rhythm.Oxy. 9ii6; [μέτρα] προχωρεῖ ἕως λ χρόνων Aristid.Quint.1.23
. -
6 εἰσέρχομαι
εἰσέρχομαι, [tense] fut. - ειεύσομαι: [tense] aor. - ήλῠθον, -ῆλθον: in [dialect] Att., [tense] fut. is supplied by εἴσειμι, and [tense] impf. by εἰσῄειν:—A go in or into, enter, in Hom. and Poets mostly c. acc.,Φρυγίην εἰσήλυθον Il.3.184
;ἀλλ' εἰσέρχεο τεῖχος 22.56
;αὐιάν Pi.N.10.16
; ἄλσος, δόμους, S.Tr. 1167, E.Alc. 563;οἴκαδε X.HG5.4.28
;οἴκαδε εἰς ἐμαυτοῦ Pl.Hp.Ma. 304d
; εἰσῆλθ' ἑκατόμβας invaded the hecatombs, Il.2.321 : but in Prose mostly with Preps.,ἐς οἴκημα Th.1.134
, etc.; ἐς. ἐς τὰς σπονδάς come into the treaty, Id.5.36; εἰς τὸν πόλεμον v.l. in X.An.7.1.27; εἰ. εἰς τοὺς ἐφήβους enter the ranks of the Ephebi, Id.Cyr.1.5.1; also εἰ. πρός τινα enter his house, visit him, ib.3.3.13; of a doctor, pay a visit, Gal.18(2).36 ;εἰ. ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον X.An.7.3.21
: abs., of money, etc., come in,προσόδους εἰσελθούσας Id.Vect.5.12
.II of the Chorus, actors, etc., come upon the stage, enter, Pl.R. 580b, X.An. 6.1.9, etc.; enter the lists, in a contest, S.El. 700; πρός τινα in competition with.., D.18.319.III as law-term, of the accuser, come into court, εἰς ὑμᾶς (sc. τοὺς δικαστάς) D.59.1; but also .2 of the parties, c. acc., εἰ. τὴν γραφήν enter the charge, Id.18.105;εἰ. δίκας Id.28.17
(so alsoεἰ. [τὴν καταχειροτονίαν] Id.21.6
; εἰ. λόγον κατά τινος Arg. Isoc.II).3 of the accused, come before the court, ;εἰς δικαστήριον Id.Grg. 522b
;εἰς ὑμᾶς D.18.103
, cf. 21.176; εἰσελθόντες δ' ὡς ὑμᾶς is prob. in Arist.Rh. 1410a18.4 of the cause, to be brought in, ποῖ οὖν δεῖ ταύτην εἰσελθεῖν τὴν δίκην; D.35.49.VI metaph., [μένος] ἄνδρας ἐσέρχεται courage enters into the men, Il.17.157 ; πείνη δ' οὔ ποτε δῆμον ἐσέρχεται famine never enters the land, Od.15.407 ;Κροῖσον γέλως ἐσῆλθε Hdt.6.125
;ὥς με πόλλ' εἰσέρχεται.. ἄλγη A.Pers. 845
;πόθος μ' εἰσέρχεται E.IA 1410
; νιν εἰσῆλθεν τάδε ib.57 : c. dat., ;[Κύπρις] εἰσέρχεται μὲν ἰχθύων.. γένει Id.Fr.941.9
;δέος εἰ. τινὶ περί τινος Pl.R. 330d
;ὑποψία εἰ. μοι Id.Ly. 218c
.2 come into one's mind,Κροίσῳ ἐσελθεῖν τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
, cf. Pl.Tht. 147c ; ἐσελθεῖν τισὶ ἡδονήν, οἶκτον, Hdt.1.24,3.14.b impers., c. inf., τὸν δὲ ἐσῆλθε θεῖον εἶναι τὸ πρῆγμα it came into his head that.., Id.3.42 ;ἐσῆλθέ με κατοικτῖραι Id.7.46
;εἰσῆλθε δή με..φοβηθῆναι Pl. Lg. 835d
;τὸν δὲ ἐσῆλθε ὡς εἴη τέρας Hdt.8.137
;εἰσελθέτω σε μήποθ' ὡς.. A.Pr. 1002
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰσέρχομαι
-
7 γεφυρόω
A dam up (cf.γέφυρα 1
), γεφύρωσεν δέ μιν (sc. τὸν ποταμὸν ἡ πτελέη) Il.21.245; but in Prose, γ. τὸν ποταμόν throw a bridge over it, Hdt.4.118; Βόσπορον ib.88;τοὺς τῆς θαλάττης τροχούς Pl.Criti. 115c
;ἐγεφυρώθη ὁ πόρος Hdt.7.36
;πλοίοις τὴν διάβασιν γ. Plb.3.66.6
; also, dam,ποταμοὺς νεκροῖς Luc.DMort.12.2
;τὰ δύσπορα Id.Demon.1
, cf. Nonn. D.27.185.3 metaph,νόστον Ἀτρείδαις γ. Pi.I. 8(7)
51.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γεφυρόω
-
8 ἄτερ
ἄτερ prep. w. gen. without (Hom.+, but in prose first IPriene 109, 106 [c. 120 B.C.], then in imperial times [B-D-F §216, 2]: Dionys. Hal. 3, 10; Plut., Num. 14, 7, Cato Min. 5, 6; Vett. Val. 136, 9; 271, 9; 341, 3; perh. PLond III, 1171 verso c, 3 p. 107 [42 A.D.], ed.: ἄν̣ε̣υ̣[?]; POxy 936, 18; PHolm η 4; PGM 13, 56; 2 Macc 12:15; Ath. 1:3) ἄ. ὄχλου apart fr. the crowd, perh. without a disturbance Lk 22:6; ἄ. βαλλαντίου without a purse vs. 35; ἄ. γραφῆς PtK 4 p. 16, 6; ἄ. θεοῦ without God, apart fr. God’s will D 3:10 (Polyaenus 6, 53 θεῶν ἄτερ); ἄ. ἀλλήλων Hs 5, 7, 4; cp. 5, 4, 5; 5, 6, 2; 9, 12, 8; 9, 27, 2; ἄ. ζυγοῦ ἀνάγκης B 2:6 v.l.—DELG. M-M. -
9 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
10 διά
διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]A WITH GEN.I of Place or Space:1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons,διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; ;δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose,τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755;δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν: throughout,Th.
1.14; idly,Id.
4.126, etc. (cf.111.1.c).2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer,ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
;δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398;τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
;δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.;θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of..,Ath.
10.438b.3 in the midst of, Il.9.468;κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between,δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence,ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
;τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
;εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along,παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48);λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94;δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
;δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
;ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.II of Time,1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13;δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
;δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
;δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
;δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97;δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.);δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058;δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;δ. τέλους
from beginning to end,A.
Pr. 275, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,δ. παντός
continually,A.
Ch. 862 (lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77;δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
;ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045;δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone,δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
;οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91;δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals,δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285;ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).III causal, through, by,a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113;δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.;τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
;δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.);ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands),δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13);δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
;ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
;δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
;δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
;αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b;δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
;δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.),δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c;δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
;δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
;οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
;δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, ; ;βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
;οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91;δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888;δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
;δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.;δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9;ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60;δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
;δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416;δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32;δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.;δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683;δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; .B WITH Acc.I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:1 through,ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
;ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62;δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
;ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
;φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).2 through, among, in,οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
;ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; soδ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
;ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
);δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; (lyr.).II of Time, also Poet.,δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.III causal:1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of,νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121;δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of,δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249;οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for..,εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
;Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74;εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558;πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41;Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523;δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6;δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I);δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.D IN COMPOS.:I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.) -
11 περί
περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around,τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
;τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.);εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.II to denote the object about or for which one does something:1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ;π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120;π. σεῖο 3.137
;π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ;π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
;π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37;ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
;νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.;οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb,π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
;π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.;μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
;ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ;πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
;π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ;καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of,π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
;ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
;φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
;φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.;κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
;δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.;ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ;βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
;π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e;μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning,π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
;οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
;π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
;π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.;λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.;λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.;ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.;παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
;ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
;νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.;νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.5 about, in regard to,μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
;οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
;τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
;τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb,ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep.,π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
;π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
;τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
;ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
;ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
;π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
;κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ;π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
;π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
;π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ;π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
;π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ;περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc.,ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
;χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
;δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
;ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
;κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
;βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose,π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
;θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ;π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.;χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
;χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
;πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ;δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
;κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
;π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
;μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag.,π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.);κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it,π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
;ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
;κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
;π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
;πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
;αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him,ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ;π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1),π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
;μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
;π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
;ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
;π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
;π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.;κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2),π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
;ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557;δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27;θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c;π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183;μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
;π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
;π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.);π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.C WITH ACCUSATIVE,I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ;π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
;π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ;ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.;π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
;π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.;λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
;μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.;φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750;σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose,ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
;φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9;εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10;ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ;οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
;στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd.,π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
;π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.2 of persons who are about one,ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues,οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4;γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20;ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
;διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq.ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ;οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.4 round or about a place, and so in,π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90;ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ;χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131;εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱπ. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ;εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
;ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
;ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
;ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
;ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
;τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
;οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a;τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
;καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
;π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb,αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
;ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
;ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of,π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86;πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
;ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ;ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5),π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ;οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
;αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ;ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63;τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
;τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
;τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ;π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54;π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe,ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
;ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen.,τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
;τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose,σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
;σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
;δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; , cf. Ap. 19c.E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom.,γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd., round about,h.Cer.
276, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe,Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; ;ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; ;πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; .2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily,π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117);ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69;π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; alsoπ. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
;π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
;ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146;π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards,δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.;τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. (περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., (cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.;περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
;περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi.,περάπτων P.3.52
;περόδοις N.11.40
; ;περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
;ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5. -
12 σύν
σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);Aσ. ἡρώων IPE2.383
([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we findξύν Thgn.1063
(butσύν Id.50
), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), butσύν Archil.4
, cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found inξυνίημι Heraclit.51
, Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare,ξυνοίκην Sapph.75
;ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93
; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b (); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).1 in company with, together with,δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206
;ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372
;σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286
;καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183
;ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101
;ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2
;σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27
;οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12
(iv A.D.).2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49;σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391
;πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430
, cf. 15.26;σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17
; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86;σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114
;σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b
, Prt. 317b;ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86
; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192;σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54
, cf. P.9.2;ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383
; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346;λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268
; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.3 furnished with, endued with,σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193
;πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61
.4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose,σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7
, etc.);σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219
; esp. of arms,μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418
;στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541
; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386;σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719
;σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47
; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.)ὅπλοις Th.2.2
, al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.)τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90
, 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8;σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2
;ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22
;ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70
; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf.αὐτός 1.5
), chiefly in Hom.,ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194
, cf. 14.498;αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118
.5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances,ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57
, cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time,ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10
; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7;σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6
; in the course of,κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23
, cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with,σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18
;σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96
;σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86
, Arist.Mu. 398b23;σ. τάχει S.El. 872
, etc.7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of,σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221
;διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885
(lyr.);πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755
(troch.);ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13
;ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84
.8 including,κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5
, cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.;τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13
, cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ)σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100
;ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4
, cf. 2;αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33
, cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283;αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32
;σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61
;τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν
together with..,PEnteux.
32.7, cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.);οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1
, cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat.,στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259
(Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.C σύν AS ADV., together, at once,κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42
; mostly folld. by δέ or τε, σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879
;σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224
(cf. σύνδυο); ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960
(lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with',ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17
; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15; , etc.2 besides, also,σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586
;σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85
, etc.;σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288
, cf. El. 299;Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785
(lyr.); in later Poetryσ. καί A.R.1.74
, Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).D IN COMPOS.I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as inσυνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2
, συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf.ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95
: in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found. -
13 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
14 σφεῖς
A FORMS: nom.σφεῖς Hdt.7.168
, Th.5.46,65, X.An. 7.5.9, HG5.2.8, Pl.R. 487c:—the uncontr, form σφέες is never found, cf. A.D.Pron.93.1, though recognized by Greg.Cor.p.479 S.:—the obl. cases only are used by Hom.2 Gen. σφέων, in Hom. a monosyll., and sts. enclitic, Il.18.311, Od.3.134; poet. σφείων only in Il., and always in phrase ὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων, 4.535, 5.626, 13.148; σφέων also in Hdt.2.4, 4.35, al.; [dialect] Att.σφῶν IG12.39.67
, al., Th.1.120, al., Antipho 6.23, etc., also in Hom. in the phrase σφῶν αὐτῶν, Il.12.155, 19.302.3 Dat. σφίσι ([etym.] ν ) or σφισι ([etym.] ν) 4.2, 17.453, 22.288, 474, A. Pr. 481, Hdt.1.4, al., Th.1.19, al., X.HG1.7.5, etc.; more freq. in the forms σφι, σφιν, Il.2.612, 614, al., A.Pr. 254, al., Hdt.1.31, al. (not in [dialect] Att. Prose); in Trag. never σφι; sts. elided σφ', Il.3.300, 8.4, etc.; σφιν also in [dialect] Dor. Prose, SIG56.48 (Argos, v B.C.), IG22.1126.25 (Delph. Amphict., iv B.C.), Schwyzer 92.5 (Argos, iii B.C.), Anon. in PSI9.1091.21:— σφίσι ([etym.] ν) is not enclitic acc. to A.D.Pron.98.12, sts. enclitic acc. to Hdn.Gr.2.42 (who says elsewh. (2.57 ) that pronouns beginning with σφ- are always enclitic); σφι ([etym.] ν) is enclitic, exc. at the beginning of a phrase, asσφὶν δ' αὐτοῖς Hes.Fr.49
(cited by A.D.Pron.98.11).4 Acc., [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. σφέᾰς (enclit. σφεας) Hom. (v. infr.), Archil.27.2, Hdt.1.4,5, al.; freq. to be pronounced as one long syllable, as inοὐ μέν σφεας ἔτ' ἔολπα Od.8.315
, cf. 480, 13.213, 276; but also as a disyll., Il.12.43, Od.12.225, al.; σφᾰς enclit. in Il.5.567, Parm.1.12, Theoc.21.16, not enclit. in Opp.C.1.471, H.2.231; [dialect] Att.σφᾶς IG12.101.3
, Th.1.24, E.Med. 1378, Or. 1127, etc.; enclit. σφας [ᾱ, cf. S.Ant. 128 (anap.)] S.OT 1470, 1508, OC 486; also σφε Il.19.265, Simon.99, Pi.P.5.86, A.Th. 630 (lyr.), 788 (lyr.), 864 (anap.), S.OT 1505, OC 605, 1669, E.Med. 394, etc.; never in Com. (for Ar.Eq. 1020 is a burlesque oracle), nor in [dialect] Att. Prose; once in Hdt. (7.170, sed leg. σφέας): neut. σφεα (v. infr. 111).II Rare dialectic forms:—[dialect] Lacon. dat. φιν, EM702.41; used also by Emp.22.3, Call.Dian. 125, 213, Fr. 183, Nic.Th. 725: [dialect] Aeol. dat. and acc. ἄσφι, ἄσφε, Sapph.43, Alc.73: Syrac. dat. and acc. ψιν, ψε, Sophr.93,94, Theoc.4.3; ψε and ψεαυτόνς also Cretan, Rendic.Pont. Accad.Rom. di Arch.7.106, Riv.Fil.58(1930).473; Cret. dat.ψιναυτοῖς Riv.Ist.Arch.2.19
: Arc. dat. σφεις IG5(2).6.10, 18 ([place name] Tegea).-- For the dual v. σφωέ: like other pl. forms σφε can be used with reference to two persons, Il.11.111, Od.8.271, 21.192, 206; so σφεας, Il.11.128.III Gender:—in Hom. this Pron. has no neut.; in Od.9.70, 10.355, it refers to things, denoted by feminine nouns: but in [dialect] Ion. Prose occurs the neut. pl. σφεα, Hdt.1.46,89, 2.119, 3.53 ( σφε codd.), 7.50, Abyd.9; σφε is acc. pl. neut. in Theoc.15.80.B MEANINGS:I they, them, pl. of οὗ B.I,ἐκ γάρ σφεων φρένας εἵλετο Παλλὰς Ἀθήνη Il.18.311
;τῶ σφεων πολέες κακὸν οἶτον ἐπέσπον Od.3.134
; ; ; , cf. 443, 457, S.OT 1470, al., E.Med. 1378; this use is not found in Prose, exc. in dialects, SIG56.48 (Argos, v B.C.), IG22.1126.25 (Delph. Amphict., iv B.C.), Hdt.1.3, 2.15, al.b παρὰ δέ σφιν ἑκάστῳ δίζυγες ἵπποι ἑστᾶσι beside each of them, Il.5.195.2 reflexively, as pl. ofοὗ B. 11.1
,ὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων 4.535
, al.;αἵ ἑ μετὰ σφίσιν εἶχον 22.474
, cf. Th.2.76; later with the same restriction as forοὗ B. 11.1
, e.g.φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη· ἢν γὰρ σφαλῇ, σφεῖς γε οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ δουλεύσουσι τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν ἡμερέων Hdt.7.168
, cf. Th.5.46,65, X.An.7.5.9, HG5.2.8, Pl.R. 487c.3 oblique cases in combination with αὐτῶν, αὐτούς, etc., forming a reflex. Pron. used without the foreg. restriction,ἐντὸς δὲ πυκάζοιεν σφέας αὐτούς Od.12.225
;σφῶν δ' αὐτῶν κήδε' ἑκάστη Il.19.302
, cf. 12.155;σφᾶς δ' αὐτάς Hes.Th.34
;Κερκυραῖοι σφῶν αὐτῶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι ἐφόνευον Th.3.81
, cf. 1.139, al.; it sts. = ἀλλήλους ([etym.] - ων), ἀλλήλοις κοτέοντες ἐπὶ σφέας ὁρμήσωσι Hes.Sc. 403
;ποθεινοτέρως σφῶν αὐτῶν ἔχειν X.Lac.1.5
; σφᾶς ( σφὰς cod. L) αὐτοὺς.. ἐπέφραδον informed one another, A.R.2.959; but σφᾶς ἑωυτάς is prob. f.l. in Hp.Epid.2.1.3: cf. Thom.Mag.p.329 R.II as sg., = him, her, in the dat. and acc. forms σφι (ν), σφε; σφιν is so used in h.Pan.19, h.Hom.30.9, A.Pers. 759, S.OC 1490 (in Od.15.524 σφιν refers to all the suitors, and in Hes.Sc. 113 to Ares and Cycnus); σφι in Lyc.1242; σφε = him, her, in Pi.I.6(5).74, A.Pr.9, Th. 469, al., S.OT 761, Ant.44, Ph. 200 (anap.), al., E.Alc. 107 (lyr.), 149, 200, Med.33, al.; = it (of a masc. noun) in S.OC40: f.l. for σφεα in Hdt.3.52,53, and for σφεας Id.1.71, al.III once as 2 pers. pl. reflex.,ἠνώγει δέ μ' ἰόντα.. πυθέσθαι ἠὲ.. ἦ.. φύξιν βουλεύοιτε μετὰ σφίσιν Il.10.398
(reported from φύξιν βουλεύουσι μετὰ σφίσιν ib. 311); σφέας for ὑμᾶς in Hdt.3.71 (but with v.l. σφεα). -
15 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
16 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
17 τις
A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the formοὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only inοὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
;καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.II special usages:1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.2 any one concerned, every one,εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.;οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
;ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.);μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
;τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
;τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
;ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
;οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.b τις is sts. opp. to another word,ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
;τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
;μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
;ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so alsoὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
;δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
;τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
;προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές orτινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
;πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
;πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
;ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.;εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.10 with the Article,a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.c freq. in opposed clauses,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
;ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl.,οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91;οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).II the neut. τι is used,a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
;παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so alsoὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
;οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.;ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction withοὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).b repeated in successive clauses, ; (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, asἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
;ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
;οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
;τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
;ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
;ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.2 position:a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ; .b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
;τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
;τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
;ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (butαἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159;αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rareεἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
. -
18 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
19 φαίνω
φαίνω, Od.7.102, etc., [dialect] Ep. also [full] φαείνω (q. v.):—[tense] fut. φᾰνῶ, A.Fr. 304.5, Ar.Ach. 827, etc. ( φᾱνῶ acc. to A.D.Adv.187.26, but φᾱνῶ, Ar. Eq. 300, and ἀναφᾱνῶ, E.Ba. 528, are dub.); [dialect] Ion. φᾰνέω ([etym.] ἀπο-) Hp.Steril. 213, opt.A (cod. rec., rightly): [tense] aor. 1ἔφηνα Il.2.318
, Hdt.1.95, etc.; [dialect] Dor.ἔφᾱνα Pi.I.4(3).2
, IG42(1).123.28 (Epid., iv B.C.), also later [dialect] Att., subj., ἀπο-φάνῃ dub. l. in IG22.1631.379 ( = 2.811c133);φάνῃς Philem.233
( = Chares Iamb.4b20); so in late Prose, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Ael.VH12.33, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Ev.Luc.1.79, ([etym.] ἀνα-) Act.Ap. 21.3; [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε (intr.) Il.11.64, al., Hes.Fr.14.3: [tense] pf.πέφαγκα Ps.-Callisth.2.10
, ([etym.] ἀπο-) Din.1.15, al.: intr. [tense] pf. πέφηνα (v. infr.A 111.2), [dialect] Dor.[ per.] 3pl.ἐκ-πεφάναντι Sophr.83
; [tense] plpf.ἐπεφήνειν D.C.46.10
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. inf.φᾰνεῖσθαι Od.12.230
, [dialect] Ion.φᾰνέομαι Hdt.3.35
; opt.φανοῖσθε Lys.26.10
(nisi leg. φανεῖσθε); the forms φανῆσθον and [dialect] Dor. imper. φάνευ are corrupt in Pl.Erx. 399e, Teles p.58 H. (leg. φαίνευ): [tense] aor. 1 ἐφηνάμην (trans.) S.Ph. 944, ([etym.] ἀπ-) Hdt.7.52, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.φαινέσκετο Od.13.194
: [tense] fut.φᾰνήσομαι Hdt.8.108
, Sicilian [dialect] Dor. (inf.) φᾰνήσειν (fort. - ησεῖν) Archim.A ren.4.20; [dialect] Ep. [tense] fut.πεφήσεται Il.17.155
: [tense] aor. 1 (lyr.), S.OT 525, etc.:rare in Prose, X.HG6.4.11, D.58.13, ([etym.] ἀπο-) IG12.10.35, D.19.44; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.φαάνθη Il.17.650
, [ per.] 3pl.φάανθεν 1.200
: [tense] aor. 2 ἐφάνην [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep.φάνην Il.1.477
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.φάνεν Od.18.68
; [dialect] Ep. subj.φανήῃ Il.19.375
; [dialect] Ep. inf.φανήμεναι 9.240
: [tense] pf. , [ per.] 3sg.πέφανται Il.2.122
, 16.207, Pi.P.5.115, A.Ag. 374(lyr.); πέφᾰται in B.9.52, Perict. ap. Stob. 4.28.19 belongs either to φαίνω in sense A. 1.5, or to φημί; inf. , etc.; part.πεφασμένος Il.14.127
, Thgn.227, A.Pr. 843, S.OC 1122, Pl.Phdr. 245e, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. .A [voice] Act., bring to light, cause to appear, in physical sense, τέρας τινὶ φ. make a sign appear to one, Il.2.324, cf. Od.3.173, etc.;σήματα φαίνων Il.2.353
;γένυσι φ. ὀπώραν Pi.N.5.6
;δύο μορφὰς φ. A.Fr.304.5
;τὸν αὐχένα Hdt.2.132
; ἔφην' ἄφαντον φῶς, i.e. fire, S.Ph. 297; (anap.);φ. θησαυρόν E.El. 565
; φ. μηρούς, ἐπιγουνίδα, show by baring, i.e. uncover.., Od.18.67,74;φαίνοισα πρόσωπον ἀλάθεια Pi.N.5.17
; reflect an image in water,τὰ δέ νιν καλὰ κύματα φαίνει Theoc.6.11
:—[voice] Med., τὰ τόξα.. τοῖσιν Ἀργείοισι φήνασθαι θέλει exhibit them as his own, S.Ph. 944.b make known, reveal, disclose,ἐς τὸ φῶς φανεῖ κακά Id.OT 1229
;κακῶν ἔκλυσιν E.IT 898
(lyr., prob.); ;ὁδόν τινι Od.12.334
;τὰ ὀνείρατα καὶ τὸν πόρον X.An.4.3.13
, cf. Cyr.6.4.13, S.OT 725;τοῖς πολεμίοις σύνθημα Din.3.10
, etc.; φανεῖ.. κωκύματα wailings will show forth [the truth of what I say], S.Ant. 1078: with a predic. added, ἡμᾶς σὺ δειλοὺς φανεῖς wilt make us appear.., Id.Aj. 1362; .c γόνον Ἑλένῃ φ. show her a child, i. e. grant her to bear one, Od.4.12; φ. παράκοιτίν τινι show (i.e. give) one a wife, 15.26.2 of sound, make it clear to the ear, make it ring clear,ἀοιδὴν φαίνειν 8.499
;σάλπιγξ.. ὑπέρτονον γήρυμα φαινέτω στρατῷ A.Eu. 569
.3 show forth, display in action,ἀρετήν Od.8.237
;ἀεικείας 20.309
; ;εὐμαχανίαν Pi.I.4(3).2
;εὔνοιαν Hdt.3.36
; ὕβριν ib. 127; (lyr.).b set forth, expound,νοήματα Il.18.295
;λόγον Hdt.1.116
;τριφασίας λόγων ὁδούς Id.1.95
; but τὰ λαμπρὰ.. φ. ἔπη make them good, S.OC 721.4 inform against one, denounce, φανῶ σε ( σε φανῶ codd.)τοῖς πρυτάνεσι Ar.Eq. 300
(lyr.), cf. Ach. 824, S.Ant. 325: denounce a thing as contraband, Ar.Ach. 542, 819, al.;φαίνειν πλοῖον D.58.9
; τὰ φανθέντα articles denounced as contraband, ib. 13: abs., give information,ὁ φήνας ἢ ὁ γραψάμενος IG12.45.3
, cf. 4.24, Isoc.18.20, X.Cyr.1.2.14, Phld.Rh.2.207 S., etc.5 φαίνειν φρουράν, call up a levy, at Sparta, X.HG3.2.23, al.; also φ. θυσίαν proclaim, order a sacrifice, Philod.Scarph.112:—[voice] Pass., πέφαται θνατοῖσι νίκας ὕστερον εὐφροσύνα has been ordained, B.9.52.II abs., give light, shine,φαίνοντες νύκτας.. δαιτυμόνεσσι Od.7.102
, cf. 19.25; of the sun, moon, etc.,φ. τινί Ar.Nu. 586
(troch.);εἰς ἅπαντα φ. τὸν οὐρανόν Pl.Ti. 39b
;ἀλλά, σελάνα, φαῖνε καλόν Theoc.2.11
;οἱ λύχνοι φ. ἧττον Thphr.Ign.11
; cf. φάω: so ἦρι μὲν φαίνοντι in spring when it shines forth, A.Fr.304.4 codd. (leg. φανέντι); of the Dioscuri shining in mid-air, E.El. 1234 (anap.): metaph., ἀγανὴ φαίνουσ' ἐλπίς soft shining hope, A.Ag. 101 (anap., dub.).b Φαίνων, οντος, ὁ, the planet Saturn, Arist.Mu. 392a23, Cic.ND2.20.52, etc.;Φ. ὁ τοῦ Ἡλίου Eudox. Ars5.19
; acc.- ωνα Placit.2.15.4
.III [dialect] Ep. iter. φάνεσκε appeared,μετὰ πρώτοισι φάνεσκε Il.11.64
;ὑπένερθε δὲ γαῖα φάνεσκε Od. 12.242
, cf. 11.587, Hes.Fr.14.3.2 [tense] pf. 2 πέφηνα is also used intr., S.OC 328, etc.; less freq. in Prose, Hdt.9.120, D.3.22, Plb.9.13.8.B [voice] Pass., come to light, appear, φάνεν δέ οἱ εὐρέες ὦμοι, being stripped bare, Od.18.68, cf. Il.22.324, Od.19.39: freq. of fire, shine brightly,πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι πρό Il.8.561
; ; shone like fire,Il.
1.200: freq. of the rising of heavenly bodies, , cf. Hes.Op. 598; of the first gleam of daybreak, , Od.2.1, al.; ἅμ' ἠοῖ φαινομένηφι at break of day, Il.9.618, cf. Od.4.407, al.;ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸκάλλιστον.. φανὲν.. τῶν προτέρων φάος, ἐφάνθης ποτ' S.Ant. 100
(lyr.): of a rising wind, ; of a vapour,ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φ. ἀήρ Il.5.864
.2 of persons, οἴῳ φαινομένη appearing to him alone, Il.1.198, cf. Od.15.517, etc.;ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν Il.15.275
; οὗπερ κἀφάνης where thou didst first appear, S.OC77;χρόνιος φανείς Id.Ph. 1446
(anap.); ὁδόν φανῆναι a pregnant expression for ἐλθεῖν ὁδὸν ὥστε φανῆναι, Id.El. 1274 (lyr.);κέλευθον φανείς Aj. 878
(lyr.); πόθεν φαίνῃ; whence come you? Pl.Prt. 309a, X.Mem.2.8.1; οὐδαμοῦ φ. is nowhere to be seen, Id.An.1.10.16.b come into being, φανεὶς δύστηνος born to misery, S.OC 974, cf. 1225 (lyr.); become,ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιώτην φανῆναι X.An.7.7.28
;δυοῖν ἐφάνη τριήραρχος D.18.104
; to be made out,δοῦλος λόγοισιν.. φανείς S.Aj. 1020
, cf. 1241.3 of events, come about,τέλος οὔ πώ τι πέφανται Il.2.122
;φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή 7.104
; ἔργον, ἄεθλον, etc., 16.207, Od.21.106, etc.; ; of sayings, to be set forth, λόγος ἀρχαῖος φανείς ib.1, cf. OT 474 (lyr.), 848.II appear to be so and so, c. inf., , cf. 11.336; ;τοῦτό μοι θειότατον φαίνεται γενέσθαι Hdt.7.137
;εὖ σὺ λέγειν φαίνει Ar.Nu. 403
(anap.), cf. A.Pr. 319, etc.: freq. with inf. omitted, , cf. 2.5;ὅς τις φαίνηται ἄριστος Od.14.106
;σμερδαλέος αὐτῇσι φάνη 6.137
;ἕρμαιον ἂν ἐφάνη Pl.R. 368d
, etc.: but in Hdt., etc., also c. part., to be manifest: thus, ἐμοὶ σὺ πλουτέειν μέγα φαίνεαι you appear to me to be very rich, Hdt.1.32; but εὔνοος ἐφαίνετο ἐών he was manifestly well-inclined, Id.7.173, cf. 175, Th.1.2; οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται λέγειν he appears to be speaking.., A.Pr. 1036; but φανέονται λέγοντες οὐδέν it will be manifest that they talk nonsense, Hdt.3.35;φαίνομαι δύο καθορᾶν εἴδη Pl.Sph. 235d
; butοὐκ ἂν φανεῖμεν πήματ' ἔρξαντες A.Pers. 786
;πλαγκτὸς οὖσ' ἐφαινόμην Id.Ag. 593
, cf. Hdt.9.89, E.Andr. 343;ἐφάνησαν πεπονθότες Pl.Ap. 22c
: with part. omitted, πέφανται ἁρματηλάτας σοφός (sc. ὤν) Pi.P.5.115, cf. N.6.14; ; Κᾶρες ἐφάνησαν (sc. ὄντες) they were seen to be Carians, Th.1.8; τί φαίνομαι (sc. ὤν) δῆτ'; what do I look like? E.Ba. 925;ὡς ἀγαθοὶ.. ἐφάνησαν Pl.R. 408a
: hence φαίνεσθαι, opp.εἶναι, εἶναι μὲν ὅσπερ εἰμί, φαίνεσθαι δὲ μή E.Fr. 698
(ap.Ar.Ach. 441);στρατηγὸς ἀγαθὸς μὴ ὢν φαίνεσθαι X.Mem.1.7.3
;ὀλίγοι καὶ ὄντες καὶ φαινόμενοι Id.HG6.5.28
.2 in Philosophy, φαίνομαι (abs.) is sts. used of what appears to the senses, is observed,Arist.
Ph. 204b35, cf. Cael. 312b30;φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.GA 716a31
: sts. of what is mentally manifest, Id.EN 1175a29; to be evident, Id.APr. 24b24: esp. appear to the imagination (cf.φαντασία 2
), Pl.Sph. 264b;φ. καὶ μύουσιν ὁράματα Arist.de An. 428a16
; φ. δέ τι.. οἷον τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ib.a7: distd. from αἰσθάνεσθαι and δοξάζειν, ib.b1: esp. in part. φαινόμενος, η, ον:a appearing in sense experience,τὰ φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν Id.Cael. 303a22
, al.;εἴτε τὰ δοκοῦντα πάντα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ καὶ τὰ φ. Id.Metaph. 1009a8
, cf. de An. 404a29 (sg.);τὰ φ.
sense-data,Id.
PA 639b8, Epicur.Ep.1pp.9,10 U., al.: Astron., τὰ φ. = celestial phenomena, title of a work by Eudoxus, versified by Aratus, Hipparch. 1.1.8, cf. Arist. Cael. 293b27; πρός τινας δόξας αὑτῶν τὰ φ. προσέλκοντες ib. 293a26: generally,τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι Ep.Heb.11.3
.b mentally apparent, opp. ὄντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, Pl.R. 596e, cf. Arist.Top. 100b24, EN 1113a24; ; [νοῦς] τῶν φ. θειότατον Arist. Metaph. 1074b16
; τὸ φ. εἰπεῖν to express one's opinion, Plu.2.158c: hence, specious, fallacious, φ. ἐνθυμήματα, opp. ὄντα, Arist.Rh. 1402a28.cτὰ φ.
what is to be seen, show,Lib.
Or.30.28.3 freq. in answers in Plato's dialogue, φαίνεται, yes, Prt. 332e, R.333c, al.;ὥς γέ μοι φ. Prt.324d
, cf. R.383a, al.: [τοῦτο] φῂς εἶναι; Answ. φαίνομαι (sc. λέγειν) X.Mem.4.2.20.b later impers. c. dat. pers. et inf., it seems good, ἐάν σοι φαίνηται Wilcken Chr.304.11 (iii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen.44.7,16 (iii B.C.), etc.;ὁπότε αὐτῷ φανείη στρατιὰν ἐξάγειν D.H.2.14
, cf. 4.85.4 joined withδοκέω, εἰ δὴ κακός τε φ. δοκῶ τέ σοι E.Hipp. 1071
;δοκοῖμεν ἂν.. χείρους φαίνεσθαι Th.1.122
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 269d, Erx. 399c, X.Mem.2.1.22.5 οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεσθαι 'to be nowhere', metaph. from racing, Pl.Phd. 72c, cf. Grg. 456b, D.18.310.III τὰ φανθέντα, v. supr. A. 1.4. -
20 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
.
См. также в других словарях:
Prose or Sequence — • A liturgical hymn used on certain festivals before the Gospel in the Mass Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Prose Or Sequence Prose or Sequence … Catholic encyclopedia
Prose & Poetry — Prose Poetry, or Prose Poetry (sometimes Original Prose Poetry), is a competitive speech event practiced by state high school forensics or debating associations such as the Ohio High School Speech League and the California High School Speech… … Wikipedia
prose — [ proz ] n. f. • 1265; lat. prosa, de prosa oratio « discours qui va en droite ligne » I ♦ 1 ♦ Forme du discours oral ou écrit, manière de s exprimer qui n est soumise à aucune des règles de la versification. « tout ce qui n est point prose est… … Encyclopédie Universelle
Prose — Prose, v. i. 1. To write prose. [1913 Webster] Prosing or versing, but chiefly this latter. Milton. [1913 Webster] … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
prose — early 14c., from O.Fr. prose (13c.), from L. prosa oratio straightforward or direct speech (without the ornaments of verse), from prosa, fem. of prosus, earlier prorsus straightforward, direct, from Old L. provorsus (moving) straight ahead, from… … Etymology dictionary
prose poem — prose′ po em n. pro a composition written as prose but having the concentrated, rhythmic, figurative language of poetry • Etymology: 1835–45 … From formal English to slang
But'n'Ben A-Go-Go — is a science fiction work by Scots writer Matthew Fitt, notable for being entirely in the Scots language. The novel was first published in 2000.According to the author as many of the different varieties of Scots as possible were used, including… … Wikipedia
prose poem — a composition written as prose but having the concentrated, rhythmic, figurative language characteristic of poetry. [1835 45] * * * Work in prose that has some of the technical or literary qualities of poetry (such as regular rhythm, definitely… … Universalium
Prose Merlin — (Vulgate Merlin) (ca. 1210) The Prose Merlin is a ROMANCE focusing on the history of Merlin, the seer and magician of the court of King ARTHUR. The text is a prose redaction of a poem attributed to ROBERT DE BORON, a poem that is extant only… … Encyclopedia of medieval literature
Prose Tristan — The Prose Tristan is an adaptation of the Tristan and Iseult story into a long prose romance, and the first to tie the subject entirely into the arc of the Arthurian legend. It was also the first major Arthurian prose cycle commenced after the… … Wikipedia
Prose — For the Wikipedia guideline regarding editing articles, see . literaturecontains five or more sentences in passages.Prose is writing that resembles everyday speech. The word prose is derived from the Latin prosa , which literally translates to… … Wikipedia
